Upload
aaron-velazquez
View
29
Download
0
Tags:
Embed Size (px)
DESCRIPTION
E-Rate. & The Spring ISD Technology Plan. By: La’Kisha Williams Lamar University Educational Technology Leadership Graduate Studies EDLD 5362 “Information Systems Management”. Agenda. National Educational Technology Plan E-Rate Spring ISD Technology Plan - PowerPoint PPT Presentation
Citation preview
E-Rateamp
The Spring ISD Technology Plan
By LarsquoKisha Williams
Lamar University Educational Technology Leadership
Graduate Studies
EDLD 5362 ldquoInformation Systems Managementrdquo
Agenda
National Educational Technology Plan E-Rate Spring ISD Technology Plan Improved Draft Technology Plan for Spring
ISD Conclusion Resources
National Educational Technology Plan
ldquoBy 2020 America will once again have the highest proportion of college graduates in the worldrdquomdashPresident Barack Obama Address to Congress February 24 2009
Netp Purpose
Transforming American Education
Through the Use of Technology
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp-2010
Targeted Areas for Goals
Learning Engage and Empower Assessment Measure What Matters Teacher Preparation and Connect Infrastructure Access and Enable Productivity Redesign and Transform
E-RATE Schools amp Libraries Program of the Universal
Service Fund
Discounts to schools for telecommunication amp Internet
To apply schools must have Technology Plan
Spring ISD Technology Plan
Objective
Every Class will provide frequent opportunities to use technology tools for
student learninghelliphellip
Strategy 1
Specific technology tools amp examples into curricula
Strategy 1 Resources- Curricula Instructional
Technology tools
Positions Involved- Exec Director for Curriculum Design
Assessments- Formative(May 2012)
Summative (May 2015)
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative (Nov 2011) Summative (May 2012)
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
By LarsquoKisha Williams
Lamar University Educational Technology Leadership
Graduate Studies
EDLD 5362 ldquoInformation Systems Managementrdquo
Agenda
National Educational Technology Plan E-Rate Spring ISD Technology Plan Improved Draft Technology Plan for Spring
ISD Conclusion Resources
National Educational Technology Plan
ldquoBy 2020 America will once again have the highest proportion of college graduates in the worldrdquomdashPresident Barack Obama Address to Congress February 24 2009
Netp Purpose
Transforming American Education
Through the Use of Technology
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp-2010
Targeted Areas for Goals
Learning Engage and Empower Assessment Measure What Matters Teacher Preparation and Connect Infrastructure Access and Enable Productivity Redesign and Transform
E-RATE Schools amp Libraries Program of the Universal
Service Fund
Discounts to schools for telecommunication amp Internet
To apply schools must have Technology Plan
Spring ISD Technology Plan
Objective
Every Class will provide frequent opportunities to use technology tools for
student learninghelliphellip
Strategy 1
Specific technology tools amp examples into curricula
Strategy 1 Resources- Curricula Instructional
Technology tools
Positions Involved- Exec Director for Curriculum Design
Assessments- Formative(May 2012)
Summative (May 2015)
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative (Nov 2011) Summative (May 2012)
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Agenda
National Educational Technology Plan E-Rate Spring ISD Technology Plan Improved Draft Technology Plan for Spring
ISD Conclusion Resources
National Educational Technology Plan
ldquoBy 2020 America will once again have the highest proportion of college graduates in the worldrdquomdashPresident Barack Obama Address to Congress February 24 2009
Netp Purpose
Transforming American Education
Through the Use of Technology
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp-2010
Targeted Areas for Goals
Learning Engage and Empower Assessment Measure What Matters Teacher Preparation and Connect Infrastructure Access and Enable Productivity Redesign and Transform
E-RATE Schools amp Libraries Program of the Universal
Service Fund
Discounts to schools for telecommunication amp Internet
To apply schools must have Technology Plan
Spring ISD Technology Plan
Objective
Every Class will provide frequent opportunities to use technology tools for
student learninghelliphellip
Strategy 1
Specific technology tools amp examples into curricula
Strategy 1 Resources- Curricula Instructional
Technology tools
Positions Involved- Exec Director for Curriculum Design
Assessments- Formative(May 2012)
Summative (May 2015)
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative (Nov 2011) Summative (May 2012)
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
National Educational Technology Plan
ldquoBy 2020 America will once again have the highest proportion of college graduates in the worldrdquomdashPresident Barack Obama Address to Congress February 24 2009
Netp Purpose
Transforming American Education
Through the Use of Technology
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp-2010
Targeted Areas for Goals
Learning Engage and Empower Assessment Measure What Matters Teacher Preparation and Connect Infrastructure Access and Enable Productivity Redesign and Transform
E-RATE Schools amp Libraries Program of the Universal
Service Fund
Discounts to schools for telecommunication amp Internet
To apply schools must have Technology Plan
Spring ISD Technology Plan
Objective
Every Class will provide frequent opportunities to use technology tools for
student learninghelliphellip
Strategy 1
Specific technology tools amp examples into curricula
Strategy 1 Resources- Curricula Instructional
Technology tools
Positions Involved- Exec Director for Curriculum Design
Assessments- Formative(May 2012)
Summative (May 2015)
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative (Nov 2011) Summative (May 2012)
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Netp Purpose
Transforming American Education
Through the Use of Technology
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp-2010
Targeted Areas for Goals
Learning Engage and Empower Assessment Measure What Matters Teacher Preparation and Connect Infrastructure Access and Enable Productivity Redesign and Transform
E-RATE Schools amp Libraries Program of the Universal
Service Fund
Discounts to schools for telecommunication amp Internet
To apply schools must have Technology Plan
Spring ISD Technology Plan
Objective
Every Class will provide frequent opportunities to use technology tools for
student learninghelliphellip
Strategy 1
Specific technology tools amp examples into curricula
Strategy 1 Resources- Curricula Instructional
Technology tools
Positions Involved- Exec Director for Curriculum Design
Assessments- Formative(May 2012)
Summative (May 2015)
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative (Nov 2011) Summative (May 2012)
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Targeted Areas for Goals
Learning Engage and Empower Assessment Measure What Matters Teacher Preparation and Connect Infrastructure Access and Enable Productivity Redesign and Transform
E-RATE Schools amp Libraries Program of the Universal
Service Fund
Discounts to schools for telecommunication amp Internet
To apply schools must have Technology Plan
Spring ISD Technology Plan
Objective
Every Class will provide frequent opportunities to use technology tools for
student learninghelliphellip
Strategy 1
Specific technology tools amp examples into curricula
Strategy 1 Resources- Curricula Instructional
Technology tools
Positions Involved- Exec Director for Curriculum Design
Assessments- Formative(May 2012)
Summative (May 2015)
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative (Nov 2011) Summative (May 2012)
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
E-RATE Schools amp Libraries Program of the Universal
Service Fund
Discounts to schools for telecommunication amp Internet
To apply schools must have Technology Plan
Spring ISD Technology Plan
Objective
Every Class will provide frequent opportunities to use technology tools for
student learninghelliphellip
Strategy 1
Specific technology tools amp examples into curricula
Strategy 1 Resources- Curricula Instructional
Technology tools
Positions Involved- Exec Director for Curriculum Design
Assessments- Formative(May 2012)
Summative (May 2015)
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative (Nov 2011) Summative (May 2012)
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Spring ISD Technology Plan
Objective
Every Class will provide frequent opportunities to use technology tools for
student learninghelliphellip
Strategy 1
Specific technology tools amp examples into curricula
Strategy 1 Resources- Curricula Instructional
Technology tools
Positions Involved- Exec Director for Curriculum Design
Assessments- Formative(May 2012)
Summative (May 2015)
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative (Nov 2011) Summative (May 2012)
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategy 1
Specific technology tools amp examples into curricula
Strategy 1 Resources- Curricula Instructional
Technology tools
Positions Involved- Exec Director for Curriculum Design
Assessments- Formative(May 2012)
Summative (May 2015)
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative (Nov 2011) Summative (May 2012)
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategy 1 Resources- Curricula Instructional
Technology tools
Positions Involved- Exec Director for Curriculum Design
Assessments- Formative(May 2012)
Summative (May 2015)
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative (Nov 2011) Summative (May 2012)
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategy 2
Expand student portal beyond pilot plan
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative (Nov 2011) Summative (May 2012)
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategy 2 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative(Nov 2011)
Summative (May 2012)
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative (Nov 2011) Summative (May 2012)
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategy 3
Implement Google Apps for Education for Students
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative (Nov 2011) Summative (May 2012)
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategy 3 Resources- Current budget and Staffing
Positions Involved- Exec Dir of Tech Dir of Tech Services amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative Nov 2011Summative May 2012
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative (Nov 2011) Summative (May 2012)
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategy 4
Desktop Virtualization to extend hardware life
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative (Nov 2011) Summative (May 2012)
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategy 4 Resources- Current budget Tech Funds amp
Staffing
Positions Involved- Dir of Infrastructure Dir of Tech Services TelecommNetwork Specialist amp App Specialist
Assessments- Formative (Nov 2011) Summative (May 2012)
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Professional Development Strategy
Provide professional learning aligned with Needs Assessments
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Professional Development Strategy
Resource- Title IIA
Positions Involved- Executive Director for Systems Accountability
Formative Assessment- November 2011
Summative Assessment- August 2012
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Where Are We Now
Laptops
Automated Gradebook
SpecializedSoftware
Training Classes
E-Mail Account
Class Computers
Ceiling Projector
Internet Access
Smart boards
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Where We Need to BeDraft Technology Plan
(Patterned after CY-Fair ISDrsquos Technology Plan)
Technology Budget2012-2015
Teaching and Learning Budget 3744842 Educator Preparation and Development Budget
1023254 Leadership Administration and Support Budget
4400897 Infrastructure for technology Budget 18229689
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Goal 1
Improve academic achievement by allowing students to participate in opportunities that allow collaboration communication critical thinking problem-solving creativity and innovation to solve real-world problems in an effort to achieve the Target Tech Level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 11
Increase the pattern of classroom use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by classrooms where teachers are seamlessly integrating technology in a student-centered environment
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies111
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide district support staff with 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012- July2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
AttendanceRecords Trainingdocuments
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies112
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and incorporate 21st Century LearningSkills such as the effective use of real-worldTools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessons in thecurriculummanagementSystem
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies113
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement 21st Century Learning Skills withincurrent content training and support structuresfor teachers
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Classes posted inAvatar Attendancerecords Coachingrecords
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies114
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Observe and provide feedback to teachers asthey implement 21st Century Learning Skillswithin content lessons
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Coaching recordswalk-though data
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies115
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Solicit and utilize feedback from students toenhance and improve content lessons andtechnology use in all classrooms
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Attendancerecords surveyresults
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 12
Increase the frequency of use of digital content to the Target Tech level by providing teachers with daily access and use of a variety of digital tools and resources
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies121
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Ensure that 21st Century Learning skillsincluding technology are integrated into lessonsthat are uploaded into the curriculummanagement system
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lessonsdeveloped
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies122
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitieson the use of interactive white boards onlineresources wireless laptops to support content
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Class offeringsattendance records
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies123
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Conduct professional development opportunitiesfor teachers on how to utilize digital tools to createstudent-generated 21st Century Learningprojects
August2012 -May 2013August2013-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Campus TechnologyTeams CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies124
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize the Internet and digital tools available tostudents to solve real-world problems
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 13
Increase content area connections to the Advanced Tech level as evidenced by teachers using technology to support the development of 21st Century Learning Skills and collaboration while incorporating technology in their subject area TEKS
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies131
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Model the use of collaborative tools (ie Adobe Connect Google Docs Web 20 tools)when providing professional development toincrease the use of the tools in the classroom
July 2012- August2015
All campus anddistrict-levelprofessionaldevelopment providers
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies132
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide weekly opportunities for students to useinteractive white boards online resourceslaptops and other digital tools to support 21stCentury
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministratorsCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies133
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning opportunities on theelementary middle and high school campusesto allow students to collaborate with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Classroom teachersInstructional Technology
Database reportswalk-through datalesson planscoaching reports
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies134
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide equal access for concurrent creditopportunities on all high school campusesthrough the utilization of distance learningequipment
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment CampusAdministrationInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Master schedulesindividual studentschedulescoaching reports
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies135
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide assistive technology devices ampsoftware for students for students with specialneeds as recommended by the AdmissionReview amp Dismissal(ARD)Committee
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Admission Review ampDismissal Committee(ARD) SpecialEducation DepartmentDesktop SupportServices
ARD recordsdelivery tickets
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies136
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize web-based programs to support academic achievement andadd to campuses as needed
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technologyand Desktop SupportServices Departments
Walk-through datapurchase ordersprogram reportsdata reviewsessions
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies137
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide instructional materials to persons withvisual impairments or other persons with printdisabilities
August2012 -May 2013August20123-May 2014August2014 -May 2015
Special EducationDepartment
Purchase ordersdelivery tickets
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 14
For grades K-8 increase the integration of Technology Applications (TA) TEKS as appropriate into content area and grade level instruction to the Advanced Tech level for grades 9-12 offer at least four Technology Applications high school courses
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies141
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote students engagement in learningactivities by providing teachers amp appraisers withcontent specific staff development on how digitaltools support and enhance the learningenvironment
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies142
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop and refine studentsrsquo 21st CenturyLearning skills by extending the depth ampcomplexity of lessons through the use of digitaltools
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartments
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies143
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement use of streaming video system toenhance the teaching of content TEKS
January2013 -May 2014
Technology NetworkServices InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Purchase orderscourse offeringsattendancerecordswalk-through data
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 15
Maintain student mastery of Technology Application (TA) TEKS (86 to 100) at the Target Tech level
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies151
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Work collaboratively with curriculum staff toensure that TA TEKS are addressed throughtopic specific lessons to ensure digital citizenshipamp Acceptable Use Policies are included incurriculum guides
July 2012- August2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies152
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to develop lessons that integratecontent and TA TEKS
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through datacurriculummanagementsystem lessons
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies153
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Design a content-based e-portfolio which utilizestechnology skills and tools for grades 2 amp 5 todetermine student progress on TA TEKS
July 2012- August2013
Instructional TechnologyDepartmentElementary Curriculumand Instruction
Attendancerecords lessonplans evaluationtools
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies154
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training for content teachers regardingstandards and rubrics to ensure consistentmeasurement of student attainment of TA TEKS
February2013 -August2013
Elementary Curriculumand InstructionInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies155
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a content-based e-portfolio whichutilizes technology skills and tools at the end of2nd 5th and 8th grades to measure studentattainment of TA TEKS
August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Student projectportfolio teacherrecords
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 16
Increase online learning to by allowing students to access teacher-created online TEKS-based content resources and learning activities amp interactive communications that support learning objectives throughout the curriculum
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies161
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum department to designprofessional development opportunities focusedon teaching teachers to create web-basedTEKS-based lessons for students
July 2012- July2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional Technology
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies162
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfor teachers to create and use web-basedlessons digital portfolios and wikis in theclassroom
July 2012- August2015
Curriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendancerecords trainingmaterials
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies163
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide opportunities for students to participatein wikis blogs Moodle Project Shareetc toenhance collaboration amp creativity with otherstudents
August2012 -May 2013August2013 -May 2014August2014-May 2015
Classroom TeachersCampus AdministrationCurriculum Instructionand SchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartment
Lesson planswalk-through data
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies164
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online learning opportunities via aSISD virtual school
July2012-May 2015
Curriculum Instructionamp SchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsstudent attendancerecords masterschedules studentschedules
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Goal 2
Provide school district staff with opportunities to learn how to appropriately integrate technology as a tool utilizing collaborative interactive and customized learning environments in an effort to achieve the Target Tech level in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 21
Increase the content of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing opportunities for teachers to participate in the development of strategies to create new learning environments that empower students to think critically to solve real-world problems and collaborate with experts across business industry and higher education
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies211
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Meet with Campus Leadership Teams todetermine professional development needs fortheir campuses based on the Teacher STaRChart information
November2012November2013November2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
StaR Chart dataCampusImprovement Plan
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies212
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize online training site for teachers tounderstand the framework of the STaR Chart
September -October 2012September -October 2013September -October 2014
InstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Training materialscreatedAttendance recordsTeacher transcripts
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies213
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide campus staff with 21st Century LearningSkills training to incorporate higher-order thinkingskills increase the level of student engagementfocus on solving real-world problems amp useappropriate digital tools
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-throughs
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies214
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide staff with training to utilize distance learning tools to connect to other students professionals amp experts such as NASASmithsonian amp Connect 2 Texas to allowstudents to think critically amp collaborate outsidethe classroom
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 22
Increase the models of professional development to the Target Tech level by providing on-going professional development utilizing multiple staff development models
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies221
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with curriculum coordinators todesign professional development opportunitiesthat focus on the transparent use of technologyamp the alignment to content TEKS
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies222
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for district ampcampus leaders to recognize effective use oftechnology aligned with amp supporting districtinitiatives such as Rigor Relevance ampRelationships Marzanorsquos Strategies amp Differentiated Instruction
July 2012 -August 2015
C amp I andSchoolAdminDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Course offeringsfor administratorsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies223
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development opportunitiesfocused on technology skills for College andCareer Readiness
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 23
Increase the capabilities of educators to demonstrate proficiency of the five State Board of Education (SBEC) Standards to achieve the Target Tech level
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies231
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and evaluate products that provideteacher SBEC proficiency training
July 2012 -August 2012
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Agenda itemsmeeting dates
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies232
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Administer Pre- and Post- tests to determineSBEC teacher proficiencies
September2012September2013 (newstaff only)September2014 (newstaff only)
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency Reports
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies233
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Evaluate teacher progress in acquiring SBECproficiencies
May 2013May 2014May 2015
InstructionalTechnologyDepartmentCurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Proficiency reports
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies234
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Promote and encourage educator participation inthe Master Technology Teacher program
July 2012 -June 2015
InstructionalTechnology
Certificates ofcompletion
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 24
Increase participation in technology professional development (19-29 hours) to achieve the Advanced Tech level
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies241
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
July 2012 -August 2012
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnology
Training materials
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies242
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide training to promote 21st CenturyLearning Skills which include higher-orderthinking collaborative and interactive classroomenvironments real-world problem-solving and useof digital tools
August 2012- August2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsattendance records
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies243
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Collaborate with district staff to develop ampprovide the critical technology professionaldevelopment course offerings needed to promote21st Century Learning Skills --critical thinkingcollaboration communication creativity
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 25
Increase the levels of understanding and patterns of use to the Target Tech level as evidenced by most teachers utilizing digital tools in and across content areas to promote 21st Century Learning Skills
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies251
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize distance learning tools district-wide tofacilitate professional development opportunities
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyServicesNetwork SupportServices
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies252
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for teachers tocreate interactive online learning environments
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcriptsLesson PlansWalk-through dataMega-Monitoring
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies253
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide professional development for campusleadership teams on ways to communicate to thecommunity how technology is being utilized ontheir campuses (school newsletters campuswebsite etc)
July 2012 -August 2012July 2013 -August 2013July 2014 -August 2014
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
School newslettersCampus websitesCourse offeringsAttendance records
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies254
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of Volunteers in PublicSchools (VIPS) trained in the use of technologyby expanding the number amp location of trainingopportunities
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartment
Course offeringsAttendance dataCampus volunteerdata
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 26
Increase the professional development for online learning to Target Tech by promoting participation in professional development on the customization of online courses or content for appropriate subject areas
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies261
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Offer blended online and professional learningnetwork opportunities to assist administrators infocusing classroom instruction on 21st CenturyLearning Skills
July 2012 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchoolAdministrationDepartment
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies262
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide online professional development todistrict and campus staff on the effective use ofSISD Curriculum Management System
July 2012 -July 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchoolAdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyInformation Services
Course offeringsTeacher transcripts
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies263
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Develop capacity for creating amp facilitatingonline courses
July 2013 -August 2015
CurriculumInstruction ampSchool AdministrationDepartmentInstructionalTechnologyDepartmentNetwork ServicesDepartment
Course offerings
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Goal 3
Increase the level of administrative support and use of technology in all focus areas as represented in the STaR Chart
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 31
Increase the degree to which campus and district leadership promotes continuous innovation with technology leading to increase student achievement and operating effectiveness
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies311
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide face to face or virtualtraining to principals that focuseson creating a 21st CenturyLearning environment at thecampus level
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartmentCampus Administration
Course offerings anditems on variousagendas
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies312
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include a technology agenda itemat each curriculum councilmeeting
August 2012ndash May 2015
Curriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationInstructional Technology
Agenda items
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies313
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement the curriculummanagement system toenable teachers ampadministrators to coordinate the use of electronic student data amp research-based strategies to create lessons to promote student achievement
August 2012- May 2015
C ampI and School AdminDepartmentCampus AdminInformation ServicesInstructional TechnologyDepartments
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies314
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Update the student managementSystem from Zangle to eSchoolPlus
July 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
System is deployed ampOperational
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies315
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement applicant trackingsystem
March 2012- August2012
Human Resources DepartmentInformation ServicesDepartment
System is deployed ampoperational
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies316
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement telephony systems
July 2012 -June 2015
Network Support ServicesHELP Desk
Bid approved andimplemented
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 32
Increase the level of technology involvement in district and campus plans such that technology benchmarks based on SBEC standards are established annually leading to the Advanced Tech level
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies321
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review the district technologyplan annually to ensure adequateyearly progress
May 2013May 2014May 2015
District Technology Committee
Agendas Committeerecommendations
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies322
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review SBEC standards withcampus principals and districtleaders
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendas
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies323
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Establish appropriate goals forSBEC benchmarks annually
August 2012August 2013August 2014
District Support Team
Meeting agendaspublished goals
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies324
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Include technology strategies atall levels in Campus ImprovementPlans
September2012September2013September2014
Campus Administrative TeamsDistrict Support Team
Campus ImprovementTemplates
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 33
Increase instructional support for the use of technology by creating learning communities and teacher cadres which allow for the use of technology to maximize teaching and learning
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies331
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Utilize professional learningcommunities strategies toenhance the teaching andlearning practices at all levels ofthe organization
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team
Usage of commonvocabulary data digsand dashboards anddata team protocols
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 34
Increase the degree to which campuses and the district uses technology to collaborate with and communicate with stakeholders to the Target Tech level
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies341
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to utilize webpage program tocreate teacher webpages To provide communication With students and parents
July 2012 -May 2015
Campus AdminTeachersDistrict Support TeamCurriculum Instruction ampSchool AdminDepartmentInstructional TechnologyDepartmentCampus Technology Liaisons
published teacherwebpages
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies342
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to stream video contentfrom the district website tocommunicate with all districtstakeholders
August 2012- May 2015
Communications Department
District website
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies343
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Enhance the parent portal toprovide additional information viathe district website
August 2012ndash May 2013
Information Services
Additional content andlinks added to parentportal
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies344
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue and expand podcastingof district and campus news andinformation
August 2012- May 2015
CommunicationsDepartment Campuses DistrictSupport Team CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration Department
District website
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies345
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to use telephonesystems communicationsfacilities internet access andvoice-mail to provide service tostudents patrons andemployees
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamNetwork Services
Frequency of use
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies346
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue conducting technologyeducation training for districtvolunteers
August 2012- May 2013August 2013- May 2014August 2014- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyDepartment
District VolunteerCourse offerings ondistrict website
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 35
Continue to provide the budgetary support for campuses to realize all technology strategies outlined in Campus Improvement Plans as specified at the Target Tech level
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies351
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Allocate funds on a per studentbasis to provide for suppliesincluding software paper tonercartridges etc
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies352
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide necessary funding fortraining via substitutes stipendsor required professionaldevelopment
August 2012- May 2015
District Support Team FinanceDepartment
Budgets
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 36
Increase online learning to the level of Target Tech as defined by the STaR Chart
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies361
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to explore newtechnologies to deliver onlinelearning opportunities
August 2012- May 2015
District Support TeamInstructional Technology Team
Expenditures anddistrict goalsMeeting notes
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies362
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to train curriculum staffon using Moodle to create onlinelearning opportunities for bothteachers and students
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional TechnologyCurriculum Instruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Online Course Offerings
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies363
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Increase the number of onlinecourses offered to staff andstudents
August 2012ndash May 2015
CurriculumInstruction andSchool AdministrationDepartment
Student and staffcourse offerings
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 37
Increase the degree to which campus and district administrators utilize technology to improve productivity and effectiveness
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies371
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide or upgrade PDAsPrincipal Toolkits andor othertechnologies to districtcampusadministrators to maximizeproductivity
August 2012- May 2015
Desktop Support Services
Purchase ordersdelivery ticketsinstallation records
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies372
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a training program toincrease the proficiencies ofcampusdistrict administrators inthe use of technology
August 2012- May 2015
Instructional Technology HELPDesk Curriculum Instruction amp School AdminDepartment amp DistrictSupport Team
Course offeringsattendance records
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Goal 4
Provide an infrastructure system that allows all users 247 access to all e-learning opportunities and provide technical assistance to support instructional and administrative needs to achieve the Advanced or Target Tech levels in the Texas STaR Chart
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 41
Maintain a student-to-computer ratio of 275 to 1 maintain the five-year replacement cycle and implement the Target Tech ratio of 1 to 1 when needed
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies411
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computersand software to accommodategrowth
July 2012 -August 2015
Desktop Support ServicesTechnology Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies412
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Purchase and install computerand software to replace older computers maintaining afive-year replacement cycle
July 2012 ndashAugust 2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase ordersSoftware requests
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies413
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Maintain the High School Laptopproject assigning laptops to high schoolstudents
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
All high school USHistory studentsreceive laptops
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 42
Maintain and increase as necessary the districts internet connectivity and speed at the Target Tech level
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies421
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Bid and provide internet serviceat 500 megabits per second amp burstable to one Gigabit
July 2012 - July2015
Network Services
Contract awardinstallation verified
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies422
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide network access at allnew campuses
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Services
New facilities online
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies423
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Research and apply foropportunities to participate in thestate-wide telecommunicationsnetwork
June 2013 Network Services
Correspondencemeeting notes
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 43
Provide additional classroom technology to enhance student instruction at the Advanced Tech level
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies431
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Add digital storage for studentsand staff as necessary
July 2012 -December 2012
Network Services
Bid award Additionalstorage for students
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies432
Timeline
Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Provide technology and relatedequipment for new schools
July 2012 - June2012
Instructional TechnologyDepartment NetworkServices TechnologySupport Services DesktopSupport Services
Installation at newschools
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 44
Maintain current technical support levels at Developing Tech
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies441
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Use current staffing ratios tosupport technologyinfrastructure
July 2012 - July2015
Technology Services
Adopted budgetpersonnel records
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies442
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement tools for managingtechnology services andinfrastructure
July 2012 - June2015
Network Support ServicesDesktop Support Services
Purchase OrdersDelivery Tickets
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies443
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Review and maintain annuallythe districts disaster recoveryplan to ensure uninterruptednetwork services
October 2012October 2013October 2014
Disaster Recovery Team
Agendas
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 45
Improve local and wide area network capability to Target Tech capacity
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies451
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Continue to connect all rooms toa robust network
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies452
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace network servers every 5years
July 2012 -August 2015
Network Support Services
Purchase orders
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies453
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Replace aging printers asnecessary
July 2012 - June2015
Technology Support Services
Pick-up and Deliverytickets purchaseorders
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Objective 46
Maintain and increase distance learning capacity to that of Advanced Tech
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies461
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Pilot Adobe Connect andwebcams with students tocollaborate and communicatebetween campuses
August 2012 -May 2014
Instructional TechnologyDepartment CurriculumInstruction and SchoolAdministration DepartmentNetwork Services
Purchase ordersLesson Plans Videosamples ConnectFiles
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Strategies462
Timeline Person(s) Responsible
Evidence
Implement a digital video contentdelivery system toreplaceaugment cable TVinfrastructure
August 2012 -May 2013
Network Services District TV Studio InstructionalTechnology CurriculumInstruction amp SchoolAdministration Department
Purchase orders
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Conclusion
The Nept plans to transform schools through the use of technology
E-Rate wants to help fund districts that have solid technology plans
The Spring ISD has started their technology transformation but is in need of a more extensive plan similar to that of the draft included in the presentation
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf
Resources
httpwwwedgovtechnologynetp=2010
httpwwwusacorgsl httpwww2edgovaboutofficeslistoi
inonpubliceratehtml wwwspringisdorg httpwwwcfisdnetdept2technology
Technology20Planpdf